blob: 5d9b69c844874d5f821c96b76e301883a16034ae [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000119 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 // skip over named parameters.
121 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
122 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 // block or function pointer call.
131 QualType Ty = V->getType();
132 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
133 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000134 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
135 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
137 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
138 unsigned k;
139 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
140 if (nullPos)
141 --nullPos;
142 else
143 ++i;
144 }
145 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
146 }
147 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
148 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000149 } else
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000150 return;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000151 } else
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 return;
153
154 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000155 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000157 return;
158 }
159 int sentinel = i;
160 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
161 --sentinelPos;
162 ++i;
163 }
164 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
165 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000166 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000167 return;
168 }
169 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
170 ++i;
171 ++sentinel;
172 }
173 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
174 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
175 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000176 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000177 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000178 }
179 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000180}
181
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000182SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
183 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
184 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
185}
186
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
188// Standard Promotions and Conversions
189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
192void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
193 QualType Ty = E->getType();
194 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
195
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
199 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
200 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
201 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
202 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
203 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
204 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000205 //
206 // C++ 4.2p1:
207 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
208 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
209 //
210 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
211 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson5c09af02009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000212 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
213 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000214 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000215}
216
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000217/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
218/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
219///
220/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
221/// promotion occurs.
222static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000223 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
224 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000225 return QualType();
226
227 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
228 if (!BT)
229 return QualType();
230
231 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
232 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
233 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
234 return QualType();
235
236 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
237 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
238 return QualType();
239
240 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
241 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
242 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
243 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
244 return Context.IntTy;
245
246 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
247 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
248
249 return QualType();
250}
251
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
253/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
254/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
255/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
256/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
257Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
258 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
259 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
260
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000261 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
262 //
263 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
264 // unsigned int may be used:
265 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
266 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
267 // and unsigned int.
268 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
269 //
270 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
271 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
272 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
273 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
274 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000276 return Expr;
277 } else {
278 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
279 if (!T.isNull()) {
280 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
281 return Expr;
282 }
283 }
284
285 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return Expr;
287}
288
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000289/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
290/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
291/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
292void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
293 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
294 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
295
296 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
297 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
298 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
299 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
300
301 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
302}
303
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000304/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
305/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
306/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
307/// completely illegal.
308bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000309 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
310
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000311 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
312 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
313 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
314 << Expr->getType() << CT;
315 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000316 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000317
318 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
319 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
320 << Expr->getType() << CT;
321
322 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000323}
324
325
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000326/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
327/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
328/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
329/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
330/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
331/// GCC.
332QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
333 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000335 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000336
337 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000338
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
340 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000341 QualType lhs =
342 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
343 QualType rhs =
344 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000345
346 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
347 if (lhs == rhs)
348 return lhs;
349
350 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
351 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
352 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
353 return lhs;
354
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000355 // Perform bitfield promotions.
356 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
357 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
358 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
359 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000363 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000364 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000365 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000366 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 return destType;
368}
369
370QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
371 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
372 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
373 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
374 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
375 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000376 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
377 lhs = Context.IntTy;
378 else
379 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
380 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 rhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000384
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000385 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
386 if (lhs == rhs)
387 return lhs;
388
389 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
390 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
391 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
392 return lhs;
393
394 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
395
396 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
397 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
398 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
399 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
400 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000401 return lhs;
402 }
403 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return rhs;
406 }
407 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
408 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
409 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
410 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
411 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
412 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
413 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
414 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
415 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
416 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
417 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
418
419 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
420 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000421 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
422 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000423 }
424 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
425 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
426 // does not require this promotion.
427 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
428 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000429 return rhs;
430 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000431 return lhs;
432 }
433 }
434 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
435 }
436 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
437 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
438 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000439 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000440 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000441 return lhs;
442 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
444 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
445 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
446 }
447 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000448 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000449 return rhs;
450 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000451 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
452 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
453 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
454 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000455 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
456 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
457 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000458 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000460 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
461 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 }
463 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
464 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
465 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
466 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
467
468 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
469 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000470 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
471 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000472 return rhs;
473 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
474 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return lhs;
476 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return rhs;
479 }
480 }
481 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
482 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
483 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
484 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
485 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
486 QualType destType;
487 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
488 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
489 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
490 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
491 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
492 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
493 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
494 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
495 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
496 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
497 // use the signed type.
498 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
499 } else {
500 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
501 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
502 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
503 // to the signed type.
504 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
505 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000506 return destType;
507}
508
509//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
510// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512
513
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000514/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000515/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
516/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
517/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
518/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000519///
520Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000521Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000522 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
523
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000524 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000525 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000526 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000527
528 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
529 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
530 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000531
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000532 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000533 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000535
536 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
537 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
538 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000539
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000540 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
541 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
542 // strings.
543 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000544 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000545 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000546
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000547 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000548 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
549 Literal.GetStringLength(),
550 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
551 &StringTokLocs[0],
552 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000553}
554
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000555/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
556/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
557/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
558/// for values inside the block or for globals).
559///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000560/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
561/// up-to-date.
562///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000563static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
564 ValueDecl *VD) {
565 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
566 // we wanted to.
567 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
568 return false;
569
570 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
571 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
575 // snapshot it.
576 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
577 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000578 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
579 return false;
580
581 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
582 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
583
584 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
585 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
586 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
587 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
588 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
589 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
590 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
591 // having a reference outside it.
592 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
593 break;
594
595 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
596 // a snapshot as well.
597 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
598 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000599
600 return true;
601}
602
603
604
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000605/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000606/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000607/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000608/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000609/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
611 IdentifierInfo &II,
612 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000613 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
614 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
615 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000616 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000617}
618
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000619/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
620/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
621/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000622Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000623Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
624 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
625 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson9bd48662009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000626 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
627 Diag(Loc,
628 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
629 << D->getDeclName();
630 return ExprError();
631 }
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000632
633 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
634 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
635 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
636 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
637 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
638 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
639 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
640 << D->getIdentifier();
641 return ExprError();
642 }
643 }
644 }
645 }
646
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000648
649 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000650 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
652 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000653 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000654 } else
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000655 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
656
657 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000658}
659
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000660/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
661/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
662/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000663static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
664 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000665 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
666 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
667
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000668 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
669 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
670 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000671 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000672 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
673 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 D != DEnd; ++D) {
675 if (*D == Record) {
676 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
677 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
678 ++D;
679 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000680 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000681 return *D;
682 }
683 }
684
685 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
686 return 0;
687}
688
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000689/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
690/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
691/// actual member.
692///
693/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
694/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
695/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
696/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
697/// we found.
698///
699/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
700/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
701/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
702VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
703 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000704 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
705 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
706 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
707
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000708 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000709 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
710 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
711 do {
712 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000713 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000715 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000716 else {
717 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
718 break;
719 }
720 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
721 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
722 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000723
724 return BaseObject;
725}
726
727Sema::OwningExprResult
728Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
729 FieldDecl *Field,
730 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
731 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
732 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
733 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
734 AnonFields);
735
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000736 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
737 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
738 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
739 // found via name lookup.
740 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
741 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
742 if (BaseObject) {
743 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
744 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000745 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000746 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000747 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000748 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000749 ExtraQuals
750 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
751 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
752 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
753 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
754 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
755 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000756 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000757 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
758 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
759 }
760 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
761 } else {
762 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
763 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
764 // program our base object expression is "this".
765 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
766 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
767 QualType AnonFieldType
768 = Context.getTagDeclType(
769 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
770 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
771 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
772 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
773 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
774 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000775 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000776 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000777 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
778 }
779 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000780 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
781 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 }
783 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
784 }
785
786 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000787 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
788 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000789 }
790
791 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
792 // anonymous struct/union.
793 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000794 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000795 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
796 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
797 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
798 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
799 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
800 unsigned combinedQualifiers
801 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
802 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
803 }
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000804 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
805 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000806 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000807 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
808 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000809 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
810 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000811 }
812
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000813 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814}
815
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000816/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
817/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
818/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
819/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
820/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
821/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
822/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
823/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
824/// forms.
825///
826/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
827/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
828/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
829/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000830///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000831/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
832/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
833/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
834/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000835Sema::OwningExprResult
836Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
837 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000838 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000839 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000841 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
842 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000843
844 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
845 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
846 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
847 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000848 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000849 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000850 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
851 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson4e8d5692009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000852 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
853 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000854 }
855
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000856 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
857 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000858
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000859 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
860 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
861 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
862 : SourceRange());
863 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000864 }
865
866 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000867
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000868 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
869 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000870 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
871 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000872 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
873 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000874 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
875 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
876 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000877 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000879 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000880 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000881 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000882 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
883 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000884
885 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
886 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
887 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
888 return ExprError();
889
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000890 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
891 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
892 // an error.
893 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
894 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
895 << IV->getDeclName());
896 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
897 // same name exists, use the global.
898 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000899 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
900 ClassDeclared != IFace)
901 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000902 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
903 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000904 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argiris Kirtzidis3bb49042009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000905 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
906 II, false);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000907 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000908 return Owned(new (Context)
909 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000910 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000911 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000912 }
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000913 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
915 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000917 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000918 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
919 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000920 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000921 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000922 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000923 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000924 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000925 QualType T;
926
927 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000928 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
929 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000930 else
931 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000932 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000933 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000934 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000935
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000936 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
937 // argument-dependent lookup.
938 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
939 HasTrailingLParen;
940
941 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000942 // We've seen something of the form
943 //
944 // identifier(
945 //
946 // and we did not find any entity by the name
947 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
948 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
949 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
950 Context.OverloadTy,
951 Loc));
952 }
953
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000954 if (D == 0) {
955 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
956 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000957 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000958 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000959 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000960 else {
961 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
962 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000963 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000964 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
965 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000966 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
967 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000968 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
969 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000970 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000971 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000972 }
973 }
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000974
975 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
976 // Warn about constructs like:
977 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
978 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
979
980 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
981 // information to check this property.
982 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
983 Scope *CheckS = S;
984 while (CheckS) {
985 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
986 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
987 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
988 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
989 << Var->getDeclName());
990 else
991 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
992 << Var->getDeclName());
993 break;
994 }
995
996 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
997 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
998 if (CheckS)
999 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1000 }
1001 }
1002 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1003 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1004 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1005 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1006 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1007 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1008 // type.
1009 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1010 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001011
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001012 QualType T = Func->getType();
1013 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1014 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1015 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1016 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1017 }
1018 }
1019
1020 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1021}
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001022/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001023bool
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001024Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1025 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1026 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1027 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1028 QualType DestType =
1029 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian3ae1c802009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001030 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1031 return false;
1032 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1033 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001034 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian3ae1c802009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001035 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1036 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001037 }
Fariborz Jahanian3ae1c802009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001038 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1039 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1040 DestRecordType,
1041 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1042 From->getSourceRange()))
1043 return true;
Anders Carlsson85186942009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001044 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1045 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001046 }
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001047 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001048}
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001049
1050/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1051Sema::OwningExprResult
1052Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1053 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1054 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1055 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1056 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1057 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1058
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001059 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1060 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1061 // not any specific instance's member.
1062 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001063 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001064 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001065 QualType DType;
1066 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1067 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1068 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1069 DType = Method->getType();
1070 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1071 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1072 }
1073 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1074 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1075 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1076 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001077 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001078 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001079 }
1080 }
1081 }
1082
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001083 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1084 // (C++ [class.union]).
1085 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1086 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1087 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001088
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001089 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1090 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1091 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1092 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1093 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1094 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1095 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1096 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1097 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1098 QualType MemberType;
1099 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1100 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1101 MemberType = FD->getType();
1102
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001103 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001104 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1105 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1106 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1107 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1108 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1109 }
1110 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1111 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1112 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1113 MemberType = Method->getType();
1114 }
1115 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1116 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1117 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1118 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1119 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1120 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1121 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1122 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1123 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1124 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1125 break;
1126 }
1127 }
1128 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001129
1130 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001131 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1132 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1133 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1134 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1135 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1136 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001137 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001138 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001139 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001140 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1141 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001142 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001143 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001144 }
1145 }
1146 }
1147 }
1148
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001149 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001150 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1151 if (MD->isStatic())
1152 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001153 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1154 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001155 }
1156
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001157 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1158 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1159 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001160 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1161 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001162 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001163
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001164 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001165 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001166 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001168 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001170
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001171 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001172 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001173 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1174 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001175 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001176 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1177 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001178 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001179
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001180 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1181 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1182 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1183 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001184 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1185 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001186 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1187 return ExprError();
1188
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001189 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1190 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001191 return ExprError();
1192
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001193 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1194 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1195 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1196 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001197 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001198 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1199 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1200 //
1201 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001202 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001203 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001204 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001205 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001206 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001207 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1208 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001209 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001210
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001211 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001212 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1213 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001214 }
1215 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1216 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001217
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001218 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001219 bool ValueDependent = false;
1220 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1221 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1222 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1223 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1224 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1225 TypeDependent = true;
1226 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1227 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1228 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1229 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1230 TypeDependent = true;
1231 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1232 // names a dependent type.
1233 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001234 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001235 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1236 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001237 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001238 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1239 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1240 TypeDependent = true;
1241 break;
1242 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001243 }
1244 }
1245 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001246
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001247 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1248 //
1249 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1250 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1251 if (TypeDependent)
1252 ValueDependent = true;
1253 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1254 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1255 ValueDependent = true;
1256 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1257 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001258 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1259 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1260 Dcl->getInit()) {
1261 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1262 }
1263 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001264 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001265
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001266 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1267 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001268}
1269
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001270Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1271 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001272 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001273
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001274 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001275 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001276 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1277 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1278 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001279 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001280
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001281 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1282 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001283 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001284 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1285 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001286 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1287 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1288 else {
1289 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1290 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1291 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1292 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293
1294
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001295 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001296 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001297 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001298 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001299}
1300
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001301Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001302 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1303 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1304 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1305 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001306
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001307 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1308 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1309 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001310 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001311
1312 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1313
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001314 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1315 Literal.isWide(),
1316 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001317}
1318
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001319Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1320 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001321 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1322 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001323 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001324 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001325 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001326 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001327 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001328
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001329 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001330 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1331 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001332 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001333
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001334 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1335 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001336
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001337 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1338 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1339 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001340 return ExprError();
1341
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001342 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001343
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001344 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001345 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001346 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001347 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001348 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001349 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001350 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001351 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001352
1353 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1354
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001355 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1356 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnerff1bf1a2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001357 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1358 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001359
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001360 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001361 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001362 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001363 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001364
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001365 // long long is a C99 feature.
1366 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001367 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001368 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1369
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001370 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001371 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001372
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001373 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1374 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1375 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001376 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1377 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001378 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001379 } else {
1380 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1381 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001382
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001383 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1384 // be an unsigned int.
1385 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1386
1387 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001388 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001389 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1390 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001391 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001392
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001393 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1394 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1395 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1396 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001397 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001398 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001399 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001400 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001401 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001402 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001403
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001404 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001405 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001406 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001407
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001408 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1409 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1410 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1411 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001412 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001413 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001414 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001415 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001416 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001417 }
1418
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001419 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001420 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001421 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001422
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001423 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1424 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1425 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1426 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001427 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001428 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001429 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001430 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001431 }
1432 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001433
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001434 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1435 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001436 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001437 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001438 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001439 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001440 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001441
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001442 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1443 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001444 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001445 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001446 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001447
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001448 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1449 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001450 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1451 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001452
1453 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001454}
1455
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001456Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1457 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001458 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001459 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001460 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001461}
1462
1463/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1464/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001465bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001466 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1467 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1468 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001469 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1470 return false;
1471
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001472 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001473 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001474 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001475 if (isSizeof)
1476 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1477 return false;
1478 }
1479
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001480 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001481 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001482 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1483 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001484 return false;
1485 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001486
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001487 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1488 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1489 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1490 ExprRange))
1491 return true;
1492
1493 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001494 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001495 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001496 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1497 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001498 }
1499
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001500 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001501}
1502
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001503bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1504 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1505 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001506
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001507 // alignof decl is always ok.
1508 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1509 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001510
1511 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1512 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1513 return false;
1514
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001515 if (E->getBitField()) {
1516 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1517 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001518 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001519
1520 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1521 // bit-field.
1522 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump6eeaa782009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001523 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001524 return false;
1525
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001526 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1527}
1528
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001529/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1530Action::OwningExprResult
1531Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1532 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1533 if (T.isNull())
1534 return ExprError();
1535
1536 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1537 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1538 return ExprError();
1539
1540 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1541 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1542 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1543 R.getEnd()));
1544}
1545
1546/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1547/// operand.
1548Action::OwningExprResult
1549Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1550 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1551 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1552 bool isInvalid = false;
1553 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1554 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1555 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1556 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001557 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001558 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1559 isInvalid = true;
1560 } else {
1561 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1562 }
1563
1564 if (isInvalid)
1565 return ExprError();
1566
1567 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1568 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1569 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1570 R.getEnd()));
1571}
1572
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001573/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1574/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1575/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001576Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001577Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1578 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001579 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001580 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001581
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001582 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001583 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1584 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1585 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001586
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001587 // Get the end location.
1588 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1589 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1590 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1591
1592 if (Result.isInvalid())
1593 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1594
1595 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001596}
1597
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001598QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001599 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1600 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001601
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001602 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001603 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1604 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001605
1606 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1607 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1608 return V->getType();
1609
1610 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001611 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1612 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001613 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001614}
1615
1616
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001617
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001618Action::OwningExprResult
1619Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1620 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1621 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001622
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001623 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1624 switch (Kind) {
1625 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1626 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1627 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1628 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001629
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001630 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1631 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1632 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001633 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001634 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1635
1636 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1637 //
1638 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1639 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1640 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1641 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1642 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1643 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1644 // argument will have value zero.
1645 Expr *Args[2] = {
1646 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001647 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1648 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001649 };
1650
1651 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1652 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001653 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001654
1655 // Perform overload resolution.
1656 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001657 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001658 case OR_Success: {
1659 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1660 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1661
1662 if (FnDecl) {
1663 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1664 // operator.
1665
1666 // Convert the arguments.
1667 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1668 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001669 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001670 } else {
1671 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001672 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001673 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1674 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001675 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001676 }
1677
1678 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001679 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001680 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1681 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001682
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001683 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001684 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001685 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001686 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1687
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001688 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001689 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001690 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1691 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1692 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001693 } else {
1694 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1695 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1696 // operator node.
1697 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1698 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001699 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001700
1701 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001702 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001703 }
1704
1705 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1706 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1707 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1708 break;
1709
1710 case OR_Ambiguous:
1711 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1712 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1713 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1714 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001715 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001716
1717 case OR_Deleted:
1718 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1719 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1720 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1721 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1722 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1723 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001724 }
1725
1726 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1727 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1728 // build a built-in operation.
1729 }
1730
Eli Friedman94d30952009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001731 Input.release();
1732 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001733 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001734}
1735
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001736Action::OwningExprResult
1737Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1738 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1739 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1740 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001741
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001742 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001743 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1744 Base.release();
1745 Idx.release();
1746 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1747 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1748 }
1749
1750 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001751 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001752 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1753 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1754 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001755 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1756 // to the candidate set.
1757 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1758 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001759 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1760 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001761
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001762 // Perform overload resolution.
1763 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001764 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001765 case OR_Success: {
1766 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1767 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1768
1769 if (FnDecl) {
1770 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1771 // operator.
1772
1773 // Convert the arguments.
1774 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1775 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1776 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1777 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1778 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001779 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001780 } else {
1781 // Convert the arguments.
1782 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1783 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1784 "passing") ||
1785 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1786 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1787 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001788 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001789 }
1790
1791 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001792 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001793 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1794 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001795
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001796 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001797 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1798 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001799 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1800
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001801 Base.release();
1802 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001803 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1804 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001805 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1806 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001807 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001808 } else {
1809 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1810 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1811 // operator node.
1812 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1813 "passing") ||
1814 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1815 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001816 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001817
1818 break;
1819 }
1820 }
1821
1822 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1823 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1824 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1825 break;
1826
1827 case OR_Ambiguous:
1828 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1829 << "[]"
1830 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1831 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001832 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001833
1834 case OR_Deleted:
1835 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1836 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1837 << "[]"
1838 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1839 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1840 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001841 }
1842
1843 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1844 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1845 // build a built-in operation.
1846 }
1847
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001848 // Perform default conversions.
1849 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1850 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001851
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001852 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1853
1854 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001855 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001856 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001857 // and index from the expression types.
1858 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1859 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001860 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1861 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1862 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1863 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001864 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001865 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1866 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001867 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001868 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001869 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1870 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1871 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001872 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001873 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1874 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1875 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1876 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1877 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1878 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1879 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1880 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1881 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1882 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1883 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001884 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1885 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001886 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001887
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001888 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1889 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001890 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1891 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1892 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1893 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1894 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1895 // force the promotion here.
1896 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1897 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1898 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1899 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1900
1901 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1902 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001903 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001904 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1905 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1906 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1907 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1908 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1909 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1910
1911 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1912 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001913 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001914 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001915 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1916 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001917 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001918 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001919 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001920 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1921 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001922
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001923 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1924 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1925 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1926 // incomplete types are not object types.
1927 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1928 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1929 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1930 return ExprError();
1931 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001932
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001933 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001934 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001935 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1936 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001937
1938 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1939 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1940 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1941 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1942 return ExprError();
1943 }
1944
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001945 Base.release();
1946 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001947 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001948 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001949}
1950
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001951QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001952CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001953 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001954 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001955
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001956 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1957 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001958
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001959 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001960 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1961 // to be selected.
1962 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001963
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001964 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1965 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begemane2ed6f72009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001966 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001967
1968 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1969 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001970 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001971 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1972 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001973 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001974 do
1975 compStr++;
1976 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001977 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001978 do
1979 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001980 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001981 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001982
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001983 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001984 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1985 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001986 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1987 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001988 return QualType();
1989 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001990
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001991 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1992 // operates on.
1993 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1994 compStr = CompName.getName();
1995
1996 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001997 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001998
1999 while (*compStr) {
2000 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2001 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2002 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2003 return QualType();
2004 }
2005 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002006 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002007
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002008 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2009 // number of elements.
2010 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002011 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002012 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002013 return QualType();
2014 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002015
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002016 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002017 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002018 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002019 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002020 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002021 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2022 : CompName.getLength();
2023 if (HexSwizzle)
2024 CompSize--;
2025
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002026 if (CompSize == 1)
2027 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002028
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002029 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002030 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002031 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2032 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2033 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2034 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002035 }
2036 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002037}
2038
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002039static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2040 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002041 const Selector &Sel,
2042 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002043
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002044 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002045 return PD;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002046 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002047 return OMD;
2048
2049 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2050 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002051 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2052 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002053 return D;
2054 }
2055 return 0;
2056}
2057
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002058static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002059 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002060 const Selector &Sel,
2061 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002062 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2063 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002064 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002065 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002066 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002067 GDecl = PD;
2068 break;
2069 }
2070 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002071 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002072 GDecl = OMD;
2073 break;
2074 }
2075 }
2076 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002077 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002078 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2079 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002080 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002081 if (GDecl)
2082 return GDecl;
2083 }
2084 }
2085 return GDecl;
2086}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002087
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002088/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2089/// all base class implementations.
2090///
2091ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2092 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2093 const Selector &Sel) {
2094 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisb1c4ee52009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002095 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002096 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002097
2098 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2099 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2100 return Method;
2101}
2102
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002103Action::OwningExprResult
2104Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2105 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002106 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorda61ad22009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002107 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
2108 // FIXME: handle the CXXScopeSpec for proper lookup of qualified-ids
2109 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2110 return ExprError();
2111
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002112 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002113 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002114
2115 // Perform default conversions.
2116 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002117
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002118 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2119 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002120
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002121 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2122 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002123 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002124 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002125 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2126 BaseExpr, true,
2127 OpLoc,
2128 DeclarationName(&Member),
2129 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002130 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002131 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002132 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2133 ;
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002134 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002135 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2136 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2137 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002138 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002139 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2140 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2141 // (so we'll report an error for)
2142 // T* t;
2143 // t.f;
2144 //
2145 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2146 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2147 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002148 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002149
2150 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2151 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002152 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2153 BaseExpr, false,
2154 OpLoc,
2155 DeclarationName(&Member),
2156 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002157 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002158 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002159
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002160 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2161 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002162 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002163 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002164 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002165 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2166 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2167 return ExprError();
2168
Douglas Gregorda61ad22009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002169 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2170 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2171 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2172 // nested-name-specifier.
2173 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
2174
2175 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
2176 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2177 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2178 }
2179
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002180 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002181 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregorda61ad22009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002182 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002183 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002184
Douglas Gregor12431cb2009-08-06 05:28:30 +00002185 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Douglas Gregorda61ad22009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002186 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2187 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2188 QualType MemberTypeCanon
2189 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2190 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2191 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
2192
2193 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2194 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2195 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2196 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2197 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2198 }
2199
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002200 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002201 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2202 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002203 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002204 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2205 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2206 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002207 }
2208
2209 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002210
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002211 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2212 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2213 // error cases.
2214 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2215 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002216
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002217 // Check the use of this field
2218 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2219 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002220
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002221 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002222 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2223 // (C++ [class.union]).
2224 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002225 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002226 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002227
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002228 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002229 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002230 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002231 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2232 else {
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002233 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002234 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2235 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002236 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002237 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2238 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002239 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2240 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002241 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002242
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002243 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002244 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2245 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002246 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2247 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002248 }
2249
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002250 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2251 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002252 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002253 Var, MemberLoc,
2254 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002255 }
2256 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2257 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002258 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002259 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2260 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002261 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002262 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2263 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002264 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002265 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002266 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2267 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002268 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2269 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002270 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002271 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002272 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2273 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002274
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002275 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2276 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2277 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002278 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2279 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2280 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002281 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002282
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002283 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002284 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002285 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2286 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2287 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2288 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2289 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2290 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2291 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2292 // Check the use of this method.
2293 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2294 return ExprError();
2295 }
2296 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2297 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2298 Selector SetterSel =
2299 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2300 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2301 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2302 if (!Setter) {
2303 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2304 // methods.
2305 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2306 }
2307 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002308 if (!Setter)
2309 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002310
2311 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2312 return ExprError();
2313
2314 if (Getter || Setter) {
2315 QualType PType;
2316
2317 if (Getter)
2318 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2319 else {
2320 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2321 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2322 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2323 }
2324 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2325 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2326 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2327 }
2328 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2329 << &Member << BaseType);
2330 }
2331 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002332 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2333 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002334 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2335 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2336 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2337 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2338 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002339 if (IFaceT) {
2340 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2341 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2342 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2343
2344 if (IV) {
2345 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2346 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2347 // error cases.
2348 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2349 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002350
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002351 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2352 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2353 return ExprError();
2354 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2355 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2356 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2357 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2358 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2359 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2360 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2361 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2362 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2363 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2364 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2365 // AST for a function decl.
2366 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2367 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2368 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2369 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2370 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2371 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2372 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2373 }
2374
2375 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2376 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2377 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2378 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2379 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002380 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2381 // @protected
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002382 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2383 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002384 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002385
2386 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2387 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2388 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002389 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002390 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2391 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2392 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002393 }
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002394 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2395 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroffbbe4f962009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002396 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002397 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2398 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002399 }
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002400 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2401 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2402 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2403 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2404
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002405 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2406 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2407 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2408 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2409 // Check the use of this declaration
2410 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2411 return ExprError();
2412
2413 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2414 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2415 }
2416 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2417 // Check the use of this method.
2418 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2419 return ExprError();
2420
2421 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2422 OMD->getResultType(),
2423 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2424 NULL, 0));
2425 }
2426 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002427
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002428 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2429 << &Member << BaseType);
2430 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002431 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2432 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002433 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2434 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2435 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2436 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2437 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2438
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002439 // Search for a declared property first.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002440 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002441 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2442 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2443 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002444 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2445 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002446 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002447 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2448 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002449 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002450 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2451 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002452 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002453 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2454 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002455 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002456 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2457 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2458 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002459
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002460 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002461 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2462 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002463 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2464 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2465 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2466 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2467 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2468 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002469
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002470 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2471 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2472 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002473 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2474 // selector is implemented.
2475
2476 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2477 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2478
2479 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002480 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002481
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002482 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2483 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002484 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002485
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002486 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002487 if (!Getter)
2488 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002489 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002490 // Check if we can reference this property.
2491 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2492 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002493 }
2494 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2495 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2496 Selector SetterSel =
2497 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2498 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002499 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002500 if (!Setter) {
2501 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2502 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002503 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002504 }
2505 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002506 if (!Setter)
2507 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002508
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002509 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2510 return ExprError();
2511
2512 if (Getter || Setter) {
2513 QualType PType;
2514
2515 if (Getter)
2516 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2517 else {
2518 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2519 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2520 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2521 }
2522 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2523 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2524 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2525 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002526 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2527 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002528 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002529
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002530 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2531 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2532 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroffbbe4f962009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002533 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002534 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2535 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2536
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002537 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002538 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002539 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2540 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002541 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002542 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002543 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002544 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002545
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002546 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2547 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2548
2549 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2550 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2551 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2552 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2553 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2554 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002555 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002556 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2557 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2558 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2559 }
2560
2561 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002562}
2563
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002564/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2565/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2566/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2567/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2568/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2569/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002570bool
2571Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002572 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002573 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002574 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2575 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002576 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002577 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2578 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2579 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002580 bool Invalid = false;
2581
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002582 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2583 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2584 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2585 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2586 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2587 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2588 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2589 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002590 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002591 }
2592
2593 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2594 // them.
2595 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2596 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2597 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2598 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2599 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2600 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2601 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2602 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002603 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002604 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002605 }
2606 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2607 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002608
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002609 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2610 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2611 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002612
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002613 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002614 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002615 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002616
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002617 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2618 ProtoArgType,
2619 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2620 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2621 return true;
2622
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002623 // Pass the argument.
2624 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2625 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002626 } else {
2627 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2628 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2629 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2630 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2631 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2632 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002633 } else {
2634 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2635
2636 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2637 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2638 // be properly destroyed.
2639 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2640 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2641 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2642 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2643 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2644 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2645 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002646 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002647
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002648 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002649 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002650 }
2651
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002652 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002653
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002654 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2655 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002656
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002657 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2658 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002659 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2660 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2661 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2662 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2663 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2664
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002665 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2666 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2667 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002668 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002669 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2670 }
2671 }
2672
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002673 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002674}
2675
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002676/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002677/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2678/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002679Action::OwningExprResult
2680Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2681 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002682 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002683 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002684 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002685 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002686 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002687 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002688 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002689 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002690
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002691 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002692 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002693 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002694 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2695 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002696 bool Dependent = false;
2697 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2698 Dependent = true;
2699 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2700 Dependent = true;
2701
2702 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002703 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002704 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2705
2706 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2707 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2708 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2709 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2710
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002711 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002712 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2713 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2714 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2715 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2716 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2717 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2718 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002719 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2720 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002721 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002722 }
2723
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002724 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002725 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2726 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002727 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2728 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002729 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2730 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2731 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002732 while (true) {
2733 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2734 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2735 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002736 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002737 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002738 ADL = false;
2739 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2740 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002741 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002742 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2743 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002744 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002745 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2746 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002747 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002748 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002749 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002750 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2751 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2752 break;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002753 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2754 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2755 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor6631cb42009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002756 if (!NDecl)
2757 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002758 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2759 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2760 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2761
2762 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2763 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2764 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2765 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2766 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2767 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2768 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2769 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2770 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2771 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2772 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2773 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2774 //
2775 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2776 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2777 // is still possible.
2778 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2779 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002780 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002781 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002782 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2783 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2784 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002785 break;
2786 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002787 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002788
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002789 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002790 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002791 if (NDecl) {
2792 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2793 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002794 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2795 else
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002796 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2797 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002798 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002799
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002800 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2801 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002802 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002803 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002804 ADL = false;
2805
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002806 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2807 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2808 ADL = false;
2809
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002810 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002811 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2812 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2813 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2814 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2815 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2816 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002817 if (!FDecl)
2818 return ExprError();
2819
2820 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2821 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002822 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002823 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002824 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2825 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2826 false, false,
2827 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2828 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002829 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002830 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002831 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2832 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2833 Fn = NewFn;
2834 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002835 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002836
2837 // Promote the function operand.
2838 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2839
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002840 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2841 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002842 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2843 Args, NumArgs,
2844 Context.BoolTy,
2845 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002846
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002847 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2848 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2849 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2850 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002851 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002852 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002853 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2854 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002855 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2856 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002857 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002858 getAsFunctionType();
2859 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002860 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002861 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2862 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2863
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002864 // Check for a valid return type
2865 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2866 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2867 FuncT->getResultType(),
2868 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2869 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2870 return ExprError();
2871
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002872 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002873 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002874
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002875 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002876 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002877 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002878 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002879 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002880 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002881
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002882 if (FDecl) {
2883 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2884 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2885 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002886 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002887 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2888 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2889 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2890 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2891 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2892 }
2893 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002894 }
2895
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002896 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002897 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2898 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2899 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002900 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2901 Arg->getType(),
2902 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2903 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2904 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002905 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002906 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002907 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002908
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002909 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2910 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002911 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2912 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002913
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002914 // Check for sentinels
2915 if (NDecl)
2916 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002917 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002918 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002919 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002920 if (NDecl)
2921 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002922
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002923 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002924}
2925
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002926Action::OwningExprResult
2927Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2928 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002929 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002930 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2931 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002932 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002933 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002934
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002935 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002936 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002937 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2938 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002939 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2940 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2941 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002942 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002943 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002944
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002945 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002946 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002947 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002948
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002949 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002950 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002951 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002952 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002953 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002954 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002955 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002956 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002957}
2958
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002959Action::OwningExprResult
2960Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002961 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2962 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2963 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002964
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002965 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002966 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002967
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002968 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002969 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002970 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002971 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002972}
2973
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002974/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlc358b622009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002975bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002976 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002977 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002978 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002979
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002980 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2981
2982 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2983 // type needs to be scalar.
2984 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2985 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2986 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002987 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2988 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2989 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2990 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002991 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002992 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2993 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonb4671fa2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00002994 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002995 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2996 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002997 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002998 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002999 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003000 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3001 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3002 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3003 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3004 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3005 break;
3006 }
3007 }
3008 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3009 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3010 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonb4671fa2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003011 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003012 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003013 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003014 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003015 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003016 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003017 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003018 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003019 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3020 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003021 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003022 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3023 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003024 return true;
3025 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3026 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3027 return true;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003028 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3029 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3030 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003031 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003032 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003033 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3034 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3035 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3036 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3037 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3038 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3039 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3040 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3041 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3042 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3043 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003044 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003045 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3046 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003047 return false;
3048}
3049
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003050bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003051 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003052
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003053 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003054 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003055 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003056 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003057 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003058 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003059 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003060 } else
3061 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003062 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003063 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003064
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003065 return false;
3066}
3067
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003068bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3069 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3070
Nate Begeman9e063702009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003071 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3072 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003073 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3074 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3075 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3076 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3077 return false;
3078 }
3079
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003080 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003081 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3082 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003083 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3084 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3085 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3086 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003087 return false;
3088}
3089
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003090Action::OwningExprResult
3091Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3092 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003093 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3094
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003095 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3096 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003097
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003098 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003099 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3100
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003101 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
3102 Kind))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003103 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003104 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003105 Kind, castExpr, castType,
3106 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003107}
3108
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003109/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3110/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003111/// C99 6.5.15
3112QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3113 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003114 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3115 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3116 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3117
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003118 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3119 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3120 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3121 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3122 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3123 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003124
3125 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003126 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3127 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3128 << CondTy;
3129 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003130 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003131
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003132 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003133
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003134 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3135 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003136 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3137 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3138 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003139 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003140
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003141 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3142 // type.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003143 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3144 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003145 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003146 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003147 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003148 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003149 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003150 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003151
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003152 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003153 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003154 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3155 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3156 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3157 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3158 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3159 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3160 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3161 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3162 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003163 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003164 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003165 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3166 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003167 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003168 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3169 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3170 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003171 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003172 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003173 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3174 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3175 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003176 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003177 // Handle block pointer types.
3178 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3179 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3180 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3181 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3182 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3183 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3184 return destType;
3185 }
3186 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3187 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3188 return QualType();
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003189 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003190 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3191 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3192 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003193 return LHSTy;
3194 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003195 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003196 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3197 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003198
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003199 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3200 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003201 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3202 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3203 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3204 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3205 // to get a consistent AST.
3206 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3207 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3208 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3209 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003210 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003211 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3212 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3213 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003214 return LHSTy;
3215 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003216 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003217 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003218
3219 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3220 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3221 return LHSTy;
3222 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003223 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3224 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003225 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3226
3227 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3228 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3229 // type. This allows
3230 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3231 // where B is a subclass of A.
3232 //
3233 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3234 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3235 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3236 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3237
3238 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3239 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003240 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003241 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003242 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003243 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003244 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3245 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff99eb86b2009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003246 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003247 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3248 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3249 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3250 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3251 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3252 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003253 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3254 } else {
3255 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3256 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3257 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3258 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3259 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3260 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3261 return incompatTy;
3262 }
3263 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3264 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3265 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3266 return compositeType;
3267 }
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003268 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3269 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003270 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003271 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3272 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3273 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3274 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3275 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3276 return destType;
3277 }
3278 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3279 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003280 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003281 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3282 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3283 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3284 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3285 return destType;
3286 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003287 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3288 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3289 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003290 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3291 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003292
3293 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3294 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3295 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3296 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3297 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3298 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3299 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3300 return destType;
3301 }
3302 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3303 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3304 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3305 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3306 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3307 return destType;
3308 }
3309
3310 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3311 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3312 return LHSTy;
3313 }
3314 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3315 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3316 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3317 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3318 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3319 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3320 // to get a consistent AST.
3321 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3322 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3323 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3324 return incompatTy;
3325 }
3326 // The pointer types are compatible.
3327 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3328 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3329 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3330 // type.
3331 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3332 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3333 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3334 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3335 return LHSTy;
3336 }
3337
3338 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3339 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3340 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3341 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3342 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3343 return RHSTy;
3344 }
3345 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3346 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3347 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3348 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3349 return LHSTy;
3350 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003351
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003352 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003353 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3354 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003355 return QualType();
3356}
3357
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003358/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003359/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003360Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3361 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3362 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3363 ExprArg RHS) {
3364 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3365 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003366
3367 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3368 // was the condition.
3369 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3370 if (isLHSNull)
3371 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003372
3373 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003374 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3375 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003376 return ExprError();
3377
3378 Cond.release();
3379 LHS.release();
3380 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003382 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3383 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003384}
3385
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003386// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003387// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003388// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3389// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3390// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003391Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003392Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3393 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003394
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003395 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003396 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3397 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003398
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003399 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003400 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3401 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003402
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003403 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003404
3405 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3406 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3407 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003408 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003409 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003410 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003411
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003412 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3413 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003414 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003415 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003416 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003417 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003418
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003419 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003420 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3421 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003422 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003423
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003424 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003425 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003426 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003427
3428 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003429 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3430 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003431 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003432 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003433 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003434 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3435 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3436 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3437 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3438 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3439 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3440 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3441 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3442 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3443 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3444 }
3445 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3446 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3447 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3448 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3449 }
3450 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3451 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3452 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3453 // warning can be disabled.
3454 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3455 return ConvTy;
3456 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3457 }
3458 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3459 return IncompatiblePointer;
3460 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003461 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003462}
3463
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003464/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3465/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3466/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3467// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003468Sema::AssignConvertType
3469Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003470 QualType rhsType) {
3471 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003472
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003473 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003474 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3475 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003476
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003477 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3478 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3479 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003480
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003481 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003482
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003483 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3484 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3485 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003486
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003487 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003488 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003489 return ConvTy;
3490}
3491
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003492/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3493/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003494/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3495///
3496/// int a, *pint;
3497/// short *pshort;
3498/// struct foo *pfoo;
3499///
3500/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3501/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3502/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3503/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3504///
3505/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003506/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003507///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003508Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003509Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003510 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3511 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003512 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3513 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003514
3515 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003516 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003517
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003518 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3519 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3520 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3521 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3522 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3523 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3524 // type.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003525 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003526 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003527 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003528 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003529 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003530 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3531 // to the same ExtVector type.
3532 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3533 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3534 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3535 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3536 return Compatible;
3537 }
3538
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003539 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003540 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003541 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003542 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003543 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3544 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003545 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003546 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003547 }
3548 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003549 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003550
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003551 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003552 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003553
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003554 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003555 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003556 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003557
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003558 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003559 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003560
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003561 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003562 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003563 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3564 return Compatible;
3565 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003566 }
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003567 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3568 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003569 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003570
3571 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003572 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003573 return Compatible;
3574 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003575 return Incompatible;
3576 }
3577
3578 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3579 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003580 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003581
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003582 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003583 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003584 return Compatible;
3585
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003586 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3587 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003588
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003589 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003590 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003591 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003592 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003593 return Incompatible;
3594 }
3595
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003596 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3597 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3598 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003599
3600 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003601 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003602 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3603 return Compatible;
3604 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003605 }
3606 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003607 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3608 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003609 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3610 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff99eb86b2009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003611 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3612 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003613 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003614 }
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003615 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003616 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3617 return Compatible;
3618 }
3619 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3620 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3621 return Compatible;
3622 return Incompatible;
3623 }
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003624 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003625 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003626 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3627 return Compatible;
3628
3629 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003630 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003631
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003632 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003633 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003634
3635 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003636 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003637 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003638 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003639 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003640 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3641 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3642 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3643 return Compatible;
3644
3645 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3646 return PointerToInt;
3647
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003648 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003649 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003650 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3651 return Compatible;
3652 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003653 }
3654 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003655 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003656 return Compatible;
3657 return Incompatible;
3658 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003659
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003660 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003661 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003662 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003663 }
3664 return Incompatible;
3665}
3666
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003667/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3668/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3669static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3670 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3671 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3672 // of the transparent union.
3673 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3674 &E, 1,
3675 SourceLocation());
3676 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3677 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3678
3679 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3680 // union type from this initializer list.
3681 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3682 false);
3683}
3684
3685Sema::AssignConvertType
3686Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3687 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3688
3689 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3690 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3691 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003692 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003693 return Incompatible;
3694
3695 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3696 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3697 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3698 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003699 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3700 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003701 it != itend; ++it) {
3702 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3703 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3704 // 1) void pointer
3705 // 2) null pointer constant
3706 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003707 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003708 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3709 InitField = *it;
3710 break;
3711 }
3712
3713 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3714 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3715 InitField = *it;
3716 break;
3717 }
3718 }
3719
3720 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3721 == Compatible) {
3722 InitField = *it;
3723 break;
3724 }
3725 }
3726
3727 if (!InitField)
3728 return Incompatible;
3729
3730 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3731 return Compatible;
3732}
3733
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003734Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003735Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003736 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3737 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3738 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3739 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3740 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003741 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3742 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003743 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003744 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003745 }
3746
3747 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3748 // structures.
3749 }
3750
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003751 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3752 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003753 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003754 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003755 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003756 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003757 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003758 return Compatible;
3759 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003760
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003761 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003762 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003763 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003764 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003765 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003766 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003767 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3768 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003769
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003770 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3771 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003772
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003773 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3774 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003775 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3776 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3777 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3778 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003779 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003780 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003781 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003782}
3783
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003784QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003785 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003786 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003787 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003788 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003789}
3790
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003791inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003792 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003794 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003795 QualType lhsType =
3796 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3797 QualType rhsType =
3798 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003799
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003800 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003801 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003802 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003803
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003804 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3805 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003806 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3807 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3808 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003809 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3810 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003811 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003812 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003813 }
3814 }
3815 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003816
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003817 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3818 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3819 bool swapped = false;
3820 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3821 swapped = true;
3822 std::swap(rex, lex);
3823 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3824 }
3825
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003826 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003827 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3828 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3829 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3830 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003831 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003832 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3833 return lhsType;
3834 }
3835 }
3836 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3837 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3838 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003839 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003840 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3841 return lhsType;
3842 }
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003843 }
3844 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003845
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003846 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003847 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003848 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003849 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003850 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003851}
3852
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003853inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003854 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003855{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003856 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003857 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003858
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003859 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003860
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003861 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003862 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003863 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003864}
3865
3866inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003867 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003868{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003869 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3870 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3871 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3872 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3873 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003874
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003875 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003876
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003877 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003878 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003879 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003880}
3881
3882inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003883 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003884{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003885 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3886 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3887 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3888 return compType;
3889 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003890
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003891 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003892
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003893 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003894 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3895 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3896 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003897 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003898 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003899
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003900 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3901 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003902 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003903 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3904
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003905 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003906
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003907 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003908 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003909
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003910 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3911 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003912 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3913 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003914 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003915 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003916 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003917
3918 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3919 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3920 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003921 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003922 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3923 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3924 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3925 return QualType();
3926 }
3927
3928 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3929 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3930 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003931 } else {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003932 // Check if we require a complete type.
3933 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003934 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003935 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3936 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3937 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3938 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3939 PExp->getType()))
3940 return QualType();
3941 }
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003942 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3943 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3944 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3945 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3946 return QualType();
3947 }
3948
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003949 if (CompLHSTy) {
3950 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3951 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3952 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003953 else {
3954 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3955 if (!T.isNull())
3956 LHSTy = T;
3957 }
3958
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003959 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3960 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003961 return PExp->getType();
3962 }
3963 }
3964
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003965 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003966}
3967
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003968// C99 6.5.6
3969QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003970 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3971 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3972 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3973 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3974 return compType;
3975 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003976
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003977 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003978
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003979 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003980
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003981 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003982 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3983 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003984 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003985 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003986 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003987
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003988 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003989 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003990 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003991
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003992 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003993
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003994 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3995 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3996 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3997 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3999 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4000 return QualType();
4001 }
4002
4003 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4004 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4005 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4006 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4007 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004008 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004009 return QualType();
4010 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004011
4012 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4013 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4014 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
4015 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
4016 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4017 lex->getSourceRange(),
4018 SourceRange(),
4019 lex->getType()))
4020 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004021
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004022 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4023 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4024 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4025 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4026 return QualType();
4027 }
4028
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004029 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004030 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4031 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4032 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4033 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4034 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4035 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4036 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4037 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4038
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004039 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004040 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004041 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004042
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004043 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004044 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004045 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004046
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004047 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4048 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4049 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4050 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4051 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4052 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4053 return QualType();
4054 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004055
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004056 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4057 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4058 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4059 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004060 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004061 return QualType();
4062 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004063
4064 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4065 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4066 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4067 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4068 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4069 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4070 rex->getSourceRange(),
4071 SourceRange(),
4072 rex->getType()))
4073 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004074
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004075 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4076 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4077 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4078 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4079 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4080 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4081 return QualType();
4082 }
4083 } else {
4084 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4085 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4086 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4087 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4088 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4089 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4090 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4091 return QualType();
4092 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004093 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004094
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004095 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4096 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4097 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4098 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4099 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4100 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4101 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004102
4103 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004104 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4105 }
4106 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004107
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004108 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004109}
4110
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004111// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004112QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004113 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004114 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4115 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004116 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004117
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004118 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4119 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004120 QualType LHSTy;
4121 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4122 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004123 else {
4124 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4125 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4126 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4127 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004128 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004129 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4130
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004131 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004132
Ryan Flynnf109fff2009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004133 // Sanity-check shift operands
4134 llvm::APSInt Right;
4135 // Check right/shifter operand
4136 if (rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
4137 // Check left/shiftee operand
4138 llvm::APSInt Left;
4139 if (lex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Left, Context)) {
4140 if (Left == 0 && Right != 0)
4141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_op_no_effect)
4142 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4143 }
4144 if (isCompAssign && Right == 0)
4145 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_op_no_effect) << rex->getSourceRange();
4146 else if (Right.isNegative())
4147 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4148 else {
4149 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4150 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4151 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4152 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4153 }
4154 }
4155
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004156 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004157 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004158}
4159
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004160// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004161QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004162 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4163 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4164
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004165 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004166 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004167
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004168 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004169 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4170 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4171 else {
4172 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4173 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4174 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004175 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4176 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004177
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004178 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4179 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004180 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4181 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4182 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004183 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4184 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004185 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4186 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4187 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4188 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004189 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4190 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004191 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004192
4193 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4194 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4195 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4196 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4197
4198 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4199 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004200 Expr *literalString = 0;
4201 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004202 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004203 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4204 literalString = lex;
4205 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004206 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4207 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
4208 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004209 literalString = rex;
4210 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4211 }
4212
4213 if (literalString) {
4214 std::string resultComparison;
4215 switch (Opc) {
4216 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4217 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4218 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4219 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4220 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4221 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4222 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4223 }
4224 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4225 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4226 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004227 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4228 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4229 "strcmp(")
4230 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4231 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004232 resultComparison);
4233 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004234 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004235
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004236 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004237 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004238
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004239 if (isRelational) {
4240 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004241 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004242 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004243 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004244 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004245 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004246 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004247 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004248
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004249 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004250 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004251 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004252
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004253 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4254 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004255
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004256 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4257 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4258 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004259 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004260 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004261 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004262 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004263 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004264
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004265 if (isRelational) {
4266 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004267 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4268 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4269 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004270 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4271 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4272 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4273 }
4274 } else {
4275 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4276 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4277 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4278 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4279 }
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004280 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004281
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004282 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4283 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4284 return ResultTy;
4285
4286 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4287 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4288 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4289 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4290 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4291 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4292 //
4293 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4294 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004295 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004296 if (T.isNull()) {
4297 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4298 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4299 return QualType();
4300 }
4301
4302 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4303 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4304 return ResultTy;
4305 }
4306
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004307 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004308 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4309 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004310 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004311 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004312 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004313 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004314 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004315 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004316 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004317 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4318 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4319 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4320 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4321 return ResultTy;
4322 }
4323 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4324 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4325 return ResultTy;
4326 }
4327 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4328 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4329 return ResultTy;
4330 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004331 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004332 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004333 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4334 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004335
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004336 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004337 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004338 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004339 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004340 }
4341 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004342 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004343 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004344 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004345 if (!isRelational
4346 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4347 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004348 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004349 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004350 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004351 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004352 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4353 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4354 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004355 }
4356 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004357 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004358 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004359
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004360 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004361 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004362 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4363 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004365 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004366 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004367 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004369 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4370 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004371 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004372 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004373 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004374 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004375 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004376 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004377 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4378 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4379 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4380 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4381 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004382 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004383 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004384 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004385 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004386 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004387 if (isRelational)
4388 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4389 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4390 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004391 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004392 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004393 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004394 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004395 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004396 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004397 if (isRelational)
4398 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4399 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4400 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004401 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004402 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004403 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004404 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004405 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004406 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004407 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4408 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004409 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004410 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004411 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004412 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4413 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004414 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004415 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004416 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004417 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004418}
4419
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004420/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004421/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004422/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4423/// types.
4424QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004425 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004426 bool isRelational) {
4427 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4428 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004429 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004430 if (vType.isNull())
4431 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004432
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004433 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4434 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004435
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004436 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4437 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4438 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4439 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4440 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4441 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4442 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004443 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004444 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004445
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004446 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4447 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4448 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004449 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004450 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004451
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004452 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4453 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4454 // elements for floating point vectors.
4455 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4456 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004457
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004458 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004459 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004460 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004461 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004462 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004463 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4464
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004465 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004466 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004467 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4468}
4469
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004470inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004471 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004472{
4473 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004474 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004475
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004476 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004477
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004478 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004479 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004480 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004481}
4482
4483inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004484 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004485{
4486 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4487 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004488
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004489 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004490 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004491 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004492}
4493
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004494/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4495/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4496/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4497///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004498static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004499{
4500 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4501 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4502 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4503 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004504 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4505 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4506 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4507 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4508 return true;
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004509 }
4510 }
4511 return false;
4512}
4513
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004514/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4515/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4516static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004517 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4518 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4519 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004520 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4521 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004522 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4523 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004524
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004525 unsigned Diag = 0;
4526 bool NeedType = false;
4527 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4528 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4529 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004530 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004531 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4532 NeedType = true;
4533 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004534 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004535 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4536 NeedType = true;
4537 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004538 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004539 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4540 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004541 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004542 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4543 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004544 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4545 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004546 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004547 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4548 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004549 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004550 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4551 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004552 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004553 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4554 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004555 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4556 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4557 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004558 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4559 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4560 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004561 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004562
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004563 SourceRange Assign;
4564 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4565 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004566 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004567 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004568 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004569 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004570 return true;
4571}
4572
4573
4574
4575// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004576QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4577 SourceLocation Loc,
4578 QualType CompoundType) {
4579 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4580 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004581 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004582
4583 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4584 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004585
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004586 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004587 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004588 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004589 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004590 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4591 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4592 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004593 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004594 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004595 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004596 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004597
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004598 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4599 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4600 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004601 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004602 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4603 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4604 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4605 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4606 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004607 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004608 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004609 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4610 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4611 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004612 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4613 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004614 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4615 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4616 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004617 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004618 }
4619 } else {
4620 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004621 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004622 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004623
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004624 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4625 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004626 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004627
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004628 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4629 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004630 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004631 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4632 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004633 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004634 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004635 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004636}
4637
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004638// C99 6.5.17
4639QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004640 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004641 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004642
4643 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4644 // incomplete in C++).
4645
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004646 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004647}
4648
4649/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4650/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004651QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4652 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004653 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4654 return Context.DependentTy;
4655
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004656 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4657 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004658
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004659 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4660 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4661 if (!isInc) {
4662 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4663 return QualType();
4664 }
4665 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4666 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4667 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004668 // OK!
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004669 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4670 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004671
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004672 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004673 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004674 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4675 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4676 << Op->getSourceRange();
4677 return QualType();
4678 }
4679
4680 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004681 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004682 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004683 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4685 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4686 return QualType();
4687 }
4688
4689 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004690 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004691 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004692 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4693 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4694 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004695 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian4738ac52009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004696 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4697 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4698 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4699 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4700 return QualType();
4701 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004702 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4703 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4704 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004705 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004706 } else {
4707 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004708 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004709 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004710 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004711 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004712 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004713 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004714 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004715 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004716}
4717
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004718/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004719/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004720/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4721/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4722/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4723/// - &(x) => x
4724/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4725/// - &s.xx => s
4726/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4727/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4728/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4729/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004730static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004731 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004732 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004733 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004734 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004735 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004736 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4737 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4738 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004739 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004740 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004741 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004742 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004743 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004744 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4745 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004746 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4747 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4748 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4749 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4750 }
4751 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004752 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004753 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4754 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004755
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004756 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004757 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4758 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4759 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4760 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4761 default:
4762 return 0;
4763 }
4764 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004765 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004766 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004767 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004768 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4769 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004770 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004771 default:
4772 return 0;
4773 }
4774}
4775
4776/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004777/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004778/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004779/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004780/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004781/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004782/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004783QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004784 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4785 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4786
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004787 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4788 return Context.DependentTy;
4789
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004790 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4791 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4792 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4793 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4794 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4795 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4796 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4797 }
4798 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4799 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4800 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004801 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004802 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004803
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004804 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4805 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004806 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004807 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004808 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004809 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4810 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004811 return QualType();
4812 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004813 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004814 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4815 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4816 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004817 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004818 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4819 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004820 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004821 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004822 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004823 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb35984a2009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004824 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4825 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4826 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4827 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4828 return QualType();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004829 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004830 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004831 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4832 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4833 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004834 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4835 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004836 return QualType();
4837 }
Douglas Gregor62f78762009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004838 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4839 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004840 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004841 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004842 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004843 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4844 // scope qualifier for the class.
4845 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4846 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004847 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4848 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4849 Diag(OpLoc,
4850 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4851 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4852 return QualType();
4853 }
4854
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004855 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4856 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004857 }
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004858 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004859 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004860 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004861 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004862 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4863 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4864 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4865 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004866 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004867 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004868
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004869 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4870 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4871 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4872 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4873 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4874 }
4875
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004876 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4877 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4878}
4879
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004880QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004881 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4882 return Context.DependentTy;
4883
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004884 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4885 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004886
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004887 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4888 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4889 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4890 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004891 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004892 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004893
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004894 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4895 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4896
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004897 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004898 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004899 return QualType();
4900}
4901
4902static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4903 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4904 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4905 switch (Kind) {
4906 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004907 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4908 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004909 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4910 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4911 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4912 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4913 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4914 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4915 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4916 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4917 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4918 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4919 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4920 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4921 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4922 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4923 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4924 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4925 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4926 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4927 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4928 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4929 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4930 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4931 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4932 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4933 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4934 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4935 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4936 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4937 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4938 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4939 }
4940 return Opc;
4941}
4942
4943static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4944 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4945 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4946 switch (Kind) {
4947 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4948 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4949 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4950 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4951 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4952 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4953 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4954 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4955 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004956 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4957 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4958 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4959 }
4960 return Opc;
4961}
4962
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004963/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4964/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4965/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004966Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4967 unsigned Op,
4968 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004969 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004970 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004971 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4972 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4973 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004974
4975 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004976 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4977 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4978 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004979 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4980 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4981 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4982 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4983 break;
4984 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004985 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4986 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4987 break;
4988 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4989 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4990 break;
4991 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4992 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4993 break;
4994 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4995 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4996 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004997 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004998 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4999 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5000 break;
5001 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5002 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5003 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5004 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005005 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005006 break;
5007 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5008 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005009 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005010 break;
5011 case BinaryOperator::And:
5012 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5013 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5014 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5015 break;
5016 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5017 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5018 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5019 break;
5020 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5021 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005022 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5023 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5024 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5025 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005026 break;
5027 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005028 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5029 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5030 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5031 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005032 break;
5033 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005034 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5035 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5036 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005037 break;
5038 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005039 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5040 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5041 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005042 break;
5043 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5044 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005045 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5046 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5047 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5048 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005049 break;
5050 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5051 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5052 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005053 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5054 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5055 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5056 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005057 break;
5058 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5059 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5060 break;
5061 }
5062 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005063 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005064 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005065 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5066 else
5067 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005068 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5069 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005070}
5071
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005072// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005073Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5074 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5075 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005076 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005077 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005078
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005079 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5080 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005081
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005082 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5083 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5084 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5085 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5086 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5087 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5088 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005089 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005090 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5091 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5092 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5093 Functions);
5094 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5095 DeclarationName OpName
5096 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5097 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005098 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005099
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005100 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5101 // binary operation.
5102 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005103 }
5104
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005105 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5106 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005107}
5108
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005109Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5110 unsigned OpcIn,
5111 ExprArg InputArg) {
5112 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005113
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005114 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005115 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005116 QualType resultType;
5117 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005118 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5119 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5120 break;
5121
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005122 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5123 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005124 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5125 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005126 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005127 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5128 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005129 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005130 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005131 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5132 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005133 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005134 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005135 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5136 break;
5137 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5138 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
5139 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5140 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005141 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5142 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005143 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5144 break;
5145 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5146 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5147 break;
5148 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5149 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5150 resultType->isPointerType())
5151 break;
5152
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005153 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5154 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005155 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
5156 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5157 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005158 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5159 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005160 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5161 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5162 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005163 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005164 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005165 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005166 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5167 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005168 break;
5169 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5170 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
5171 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5172 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005173 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5174 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005175 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005176 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5177 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005178 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005179 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5180 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005181 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005182 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005183 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005184 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005185 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005186 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005187 resultType = Input->getType();
5188 break;
5189 }
5190 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005191 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005192
5193 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005194 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005195}
5196
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005197// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5198Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5199 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5200 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5201 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5202
5203 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5204 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5205 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5206 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5207 // the arguments.
5208 FunctionSet Functions;
5209 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5210 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5211 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5212 Functions);
5213 DeclarationName OpName
5214 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5215 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5216 }
5217
5218 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5219 }
5220
5221 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5222}
5223
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005224/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005225Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5226 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5227 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005228 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005229 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005230
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005231 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5232 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005233 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005234 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005235
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005236 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005237 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5238 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005239}
5240
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005241Sema::OwningExprResult
5242Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5243 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5244 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005245 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5246 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5247
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005248 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005249 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005250 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005251
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005252 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5253 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5254 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005255
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005256 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5257 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5258 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005259
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005260 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5261 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5262 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5263 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5264 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005265
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005266 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005267 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005268 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005269
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005270 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5271 // expressions are not lvalues.
5272
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005273 substmt.release();
5274 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005275}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005276
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005277Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5278 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5279 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5280 TypeTy *argty,
5281 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5282 unsigned NumComponents,
5283 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5284 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5285 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005286 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5287 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005288
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005289 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5290
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005291 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5292 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5293 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005294 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005295 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005296
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005297 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5298 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005299
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005300 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5301 // the offsetof designators.
5302 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5303 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005304 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005305 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005306
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005307 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5308 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005309 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5310 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005311 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005312 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5313 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005314
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005315 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005316 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005317
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005318 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5319 // leaks like a sieve.
5320 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5321 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5322 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5323 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5324 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5325 if (!AT) {
5326 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005327 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5328 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005329 }
5330
5331 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5332
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005333 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5334 // expression.
5335 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5336
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005337 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5338 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005339 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005340 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005341 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005342 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005343 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005344
5345 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5346 OC.LocEnd);
5347 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005348 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005349
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005350 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005351 if (!RC) {
5352 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005353 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5354 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005355 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005356
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005357 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5358 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005359 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005360 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005361 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5362 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5363 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005364 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5365 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005366 }
5367
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005368 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5369 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5370 LookupMemberName)
5371 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005372 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005373 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005374 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5375 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005376
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005377 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5378 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005379 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005380 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5381 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005382 } else {
5383 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5384 // doesn't matter here.
5385 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5386 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5387 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005388 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005389 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005390
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005391 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5392 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005393}
5394
5395
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005396Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5397 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5398 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005399 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5400 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005401
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005402 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005403
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005404 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5405 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5406 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5407 return ExprError();
5408 }
5409
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005410 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5411 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005412}
5413
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005414Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5415 ExprArg cond,
5416 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5417 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5418 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5419 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5420 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005421
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005422 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5423
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005424 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005425 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005426 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5427 } else {
5428 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5429 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5430 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5431 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005432 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5433 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5434 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005435
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005436 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5437 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5438 }
5439
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005440 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5441 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5442 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005443}
5444
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005445//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5446// Clang Extensions.
5447//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5448
5449/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005450void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005451 // Analyze block parameters.
5452 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005453
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005454 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5455 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5456 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005457
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005458 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005459 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005460 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarc7ef2b92009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005461 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005462 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5463 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005464
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005465 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005466 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005467}
5468
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005469void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005470 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005471
5472 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5473 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005474 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005475 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5476
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005477 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5478 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5479 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5480 return;
5481 }
5482
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005483 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5484 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5485 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5486
5487 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5488 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005489 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005490 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005491 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005492 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005493 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5494 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005495 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5496
5497 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5498 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5499 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5500 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5501 return;
5502 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005503 return;
5504 }
5505
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005506 // Analyze arguments to block.
5507 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5508 "Not a function declarator!");
5509 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005510
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005511 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5512 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005513
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005514 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5515 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5516 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5517 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005518 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5519 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005520 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005521 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005522 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5523 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005524 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005525 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005526 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005527 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005528 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005529 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005530 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005531 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5532 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5533 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5534 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5535 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005536
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005537 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005538 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005539 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005540 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005541 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005542 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5543 }
5544
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005545 // Analyze the return type.
5546 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5547 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5548
5549 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5550 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5551 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5552 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5553 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005554 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005555}
5556
5557/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5558/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5559void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5560 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5561 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005562
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005563 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5564
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005565 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005566 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005567 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005568 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005569}
5570
5571/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5572/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005573Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5574 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005575 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5576 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5577 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5578
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005579 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5580 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005581
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005582 PopDeclContext();
5583
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005584 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5585 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005586
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005587 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005588 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5589 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005590
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005591 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5592 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5593 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005594
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005595 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005596 QualType BlockTy;
5597 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005598 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5599 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005600 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005601 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005602 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5603 NoReturn);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005604
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005605 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005606 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005607 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005608
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005609 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5610 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5611 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5612 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5613
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005614 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005615 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005616 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5617 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005618}
5619
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005620Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5621 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5622 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005623 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005624 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5625 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5626
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005627 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005628
5629 // Get the va_list type
5630 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005631 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5632 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5633 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5634 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005635 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005636 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5637 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5638 } else {
5639 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5640 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005641 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5642 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005643 return ExprError();
5644 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005645
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005646 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5647 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005648 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5649 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005650 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005651 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005652
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005653 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005654 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005655
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005656 expr.release();
5657 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5658 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005659}
5660
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005661Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005662 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5663 // pointers on the target.
5664 QualType Ty;
5665 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5666 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5667 else
5668 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5669
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005670 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005671}
5672
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005673bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5674 SourceLocation Loc,
5675 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5676 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5677 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5678 bool isInvalid = false;
5679 unsigned DiagKind;
5680 switch (ConvTy) {
5681 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5682 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005683 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005684 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5685 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005686 case IntToPointer:
5687 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5688 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005689 case IncompatiblePointer:
5690 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5691 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005692 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5693 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5694 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005695 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5696 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5697 break;
5698 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005699 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5700 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5701 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5702 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5703 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5704 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5705 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5706 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5707 // C++ semantics.
5708 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5709 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5710 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005711 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5712 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005713 case IntToBlockPointer:
5714 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5715 break;
5716 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005717 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005718 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005719 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005720 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005721 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5722 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5723 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005724 case IncompatibleVectors:
5725 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5726 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005727 case Incompatible:
5728 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5729 isInvalid = true;
5730 break;
5731 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005732
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005733 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5734 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005735 return isInvalid;
5736}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005737
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005738bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005739 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5740 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5741 if (Result)
5742 *Result = ICEResult;
5743 return false;
5744 }
5745
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005746 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5747
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005748 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005749 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5750 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5751
5752 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5753 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5754 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5755 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5756 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5757 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5758 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005759
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005760 return true;
5761 }
5762
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005763 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5764 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005765
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005766 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5767 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5768 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005769
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005770 if (Result)
5771 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5772 return false;
5773}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005774
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005775Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5776Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5777 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5778 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5779 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5780
5781 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5782 return NewContext;
5783}
5784
5785void
5786Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5787 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5788 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5789
5790 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5791 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5792 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5793 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5794 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5795 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5796 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5797
5798 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5799 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5800 I != IEnd; ++I)
5801 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5802 }
5803}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005804
5805/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5806///
5807/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5808/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5809/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5810/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5811///
5812/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5813///
5814/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5815void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5816 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5817
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005818 if (D->isUsed())
5819 return;
5820
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005821 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5822 // template or not.
5823 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5824 D->setUsed(true);
5825
5826 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5827 // an instantiation.
5828 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5829 return;
5830
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005831 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5832 case Unevaluated:
5833 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5834 return;
5835
5836 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5837 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5838 // "used"; handle this below.
5839 break;
5840
5841 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5842 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5843 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5844 // potentially evaluated.
5845 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5846 return;
5847 }
5848
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005849 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005850 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005851 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005852 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5853 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5854 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005855 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5856 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005857 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5858 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5859 }
Fariborz Jahanian368cc6c2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005860 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5861 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5862 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5863
Fariborz Jahaniand67364c2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005864 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5865 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5866 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5867 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5868 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5869 }
5870 }
Fariborz Jahanianb12bd432009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005871 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005872 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5873 // class templates.
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005874 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005875 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5876 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5877 // instantiated, naturally).
5878 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5879 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregordcdb3842009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005880 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005881 }
5882
5883
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005884 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005885 Function->setUsed(true);
5886 return;
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005887 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005888
5889 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005890 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5891 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5892 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5893 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5894 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5895 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5896
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005897 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005898
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005899 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005900 return;
5901}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005902}
5903